src/corelib/tools/qrect.cpp
author eckhart.koppen@nokia.com
Wed, 31 Mar 2010 11:06:36 +0300
changeset 7 f7bc934e204c
parent 0 1918ee327afb
child 30 5dc02b23752f
permissions -rw-r--r--
5cabc75a39ca2f064f70b40f72ed93c74c4dc19b
Ignore whitespace changes - Everywhere: Within whitespace: At end of lines:
0
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
     1
/****************************************************************************
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
     2
**
7
f7bc934e204c 5cabc75a39ca2f064f70b40f72ed93c74c4dc19b
eckhart.koppen@nokia.com
parents: 0
diff changeset
     3
** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
0
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
     4
** All rights reserved.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
     5
** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
     6
**
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
     7
** This file is part of the QtCore module of the Qt Toolkit.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
     8
**
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
     9
** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    10
** No Commercial Usage
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    11
** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    12
** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    13
** contained in the Technology Preview License Agreement accompanying
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    14
** this package.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    15
**
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    16
** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    17
** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    18
** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    19
** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    20
** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    21
** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    22
** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    23
**
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    24
** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    25
** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    26
** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    27
**
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    28
** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    29
** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    30
**
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    31
**
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    32
**
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    33
**
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    34
**
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    35
**
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    36
**
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    37
**
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    38
** $QT_END_LICENSE$
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    39
**
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    40
****************************************************************************/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    41
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    42
#include "qrect.h"
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    43
#include "qdatastream.h"
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    44
#include "qdebug.h"
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    45
#include "qmath.h"
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    46
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    47
#include <math.h>
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    48
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    49
QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    50
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    51
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    52
    \class QRect
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    53
    \ingroup painting
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    54
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    55
    \brief The QRect class defines a rectangle in the plane using
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    56
    integer precision.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    57
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    58
    A rectangle is normally expressed as an upper-left corner and a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    59
    size.  The size (width and height) of a QRect is always equivalent
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    60
    to the mathematical rectangle that forms the basis for its
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    61
    rendering.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    62
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    63
    A QRect can be constructed with a set of left, top, width and
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    64
    height integers, or from a QPoint and a QSize.  The following code
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    65
    creates two identical rectangles.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    66
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    67
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qrect.cpp 0
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    68
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    69
    There is a third constructor that creates a QRect using the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    70
    top-left and bottom-right coordinates, but we recommend that you
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    71
    avoid using it. The rationale is that for historical reasons the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    72
    values returned by the bottom() and right() functions deviate from
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    73
    the true bottom-right corner of the rectangle.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    74
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    75
    The QRect class provides a collection of functions that return the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    76
    various rectangle coordinates, and enable manipulation of
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    77
    these. QRect also provide functions to move the rectangle relative
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    78
    to the various coordinates. In addition there is a moveTo()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    79
    function that moves the rectangle, leaving its top left corner at
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    80
    the given coordinates. Alternatively, the translate() function
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    81
    moves the rectangle the given offset relative to the current
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    82
    position, and the translated() function returns a translated copy
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    83
    of this rectangle.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    84
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    85
    The size() function returns the rectange's dimensions as a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    86
    QSize. The dimensions can also be retrieved separately using the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    87
    width() and height() functions. To manipulate the dimensions use
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    88
    the setSize(), setWidth() or setHeight() functions. Alternatively,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    89
    the size can be changed by applying either of the functions
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    90
    setting the rectangle coordinates, for example, setBottom() or
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    91
    setRight().
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    92
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    93
    The contains() function tells whether a given point is inside the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    94
    rectangle or not, and the intersects() function returns true if
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    95
    this rectangle intersects with a given rectangle. The QRect class
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    96
    also provides the intersected() function which returns the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    97
    intersection rectangle, and the united() function which returns the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    98
    rectangle that encloses the given rectangle and this:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    99
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   100
    \table
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   101
    \row
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   102
    \o \inlineimage qrect-intersect.png
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   103
    \o \inlineimage qrect-unite.png
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   104
    \row
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   105
    \o intersected()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   106
    \o united()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   107
    \endtable
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   108
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   109
    The isEmpty() function returns true if left() > right() or top() >
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   110
    bottom(). Note that an empty rectangle is not valid: The isValid()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   111
    function returns true if left() <= right() \e and top() <=
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   112
    bottom(). A null rectangle (isNull() == true) on the other hand,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   113
    has both width and height set to 0.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   114
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   115
    Note that due to the way QRect and QRectF are defined, an
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   116
    empty QRect is defined in essentially the same way as QRectF.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   117
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   118
    Finally, QRect objects can be streamed as well as compared.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   119
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   120
    \tableofcontents
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   121
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   122
    \section1 Rendering
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   123
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   124
    When using an \l {QPainter::Antialiasing}{anti-aliased} painter,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   125
    the boundary line of a QRect will be rendered symmetrically on
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   126
    both sides of the mathematical rectangle's boundary line. But when
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   127
    using an aliased painter (the default) other rules apply.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   128
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   129
    Then, when rendering with a one pixel wide pen the QRect's boundary
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   130
    line will be rendered to the right and below the mathematical
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   131
    rectangle's boundary line.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   132
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   133
    When rendering with a two pixels wide pen the boundary line will
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   134
    be split in the middle by the mathematical rectangle. This will be
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   135
    the case whenever the pen is set to an even number of pixels,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   136
    while rendering with a pen with an odd number of pixels, the spare
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   137
    pixel will be rendered to the right and below the mathematical
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   138
    rectangle as in the one pixel case.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   139
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   140
    \table
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   141
    \row
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   142
        \o \inlineimage qrect-diagram-zero.png
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   143
        \o \inlineimage qrect-diagram-one.png
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   144
    \row
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   145
        \o Logical representation
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   146
        \o One pixel wide pen
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   147
    \row
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   148
        \o \inlineimage qrect-diagram-two.png
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   149
        \o \inlineimage qrect-diagram-three.png
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   150
    \row
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   151
        \o Two pixel wide pen
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   152
        \o Three pixel wide pen
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   153
    \endtable
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   154
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   155
    \section1 Coordinates
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   156
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   157
    The QRect class provides a collection of functions that return the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   158
    various rectangle coordinates, and enable manipulation of
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   159
    these. QRect also provide functions to move the rectangle relative
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   160
    to the various coordinates.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   161
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   162
    For example the left(), setLeft() and moveLeft() functions as an
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   163
    example: left() returns the x-coordinate of the rectangle's left
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   164
    edge, setLeft() sets the left edge of the rectangle to the given x
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   165
    coordinate (it may change the width, but will never change the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   166
    rectangle's right edge) and moveLeft() moves the entire rectangle
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   167
    horizontally, leaving the rectangle's left edge at the given x
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   168
    coordinate and its size unchanged.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   169
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   170
    \image qrect-coordinates.png
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   171
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   172
    Note that for historical reasons the values returned by the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   173
    bottom() and right() functions deviate from the true bottom-right
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   174
    corner of the rectangle: The right() function returns \e { left()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   175
    + width() - 1} and the bottom() function returns \e {top() +
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   176
    height() - 1}. The same is the case for the point returned by the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   177
    bottomRight() convenience function. In addition, the x and y
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   178
    coordinate of the topRight() and bottomLeft() functions,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   179
    respectively, contain the same deviation from the true right and
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   180
    bottom edges.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   181
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   182
    We recommend that you use x() + width() and y() + height() to find
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   183
    the true bottom-right corner, and avoid right() and
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   184
    bottom(). Another solution is to use QRectF: The QRectF class
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   185
    defines a rectangle in the plane using floating point accuracy for
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   186
    coordinates, and the QRectF::right() and QRectF::bottom()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   187
    functions \e do return the right and bottom coordinates.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   188
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   189
    It is also possible to add offsets to this rectangle's coordinates
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   190
    using the adjust() function, as well as retrieve a new rectangle
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   191
    based on adjustments of the original one using the adjusted()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   192
    function. If either of the width and height is negative, use the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   193
    normalized() function to retrieve a rectangle where the corners
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   194
    are swapped.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   195
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   196
    In addition, QRect provides the getCoords() function which extracts
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   197
    the position of the rectangle's top-left and bottom-right corner,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   198
    and the getRect() function which extracts the rectangle's top-left
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   199
    corner, width and height. Use the setCoords() and setRect()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   200
    function to manipulate the rectangle's coordinates and dimensions
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   201
    in one go.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   202
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   203
    \sa QRectF, QRegion
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   204
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   205
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   206
/*****************************************************************************
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   207
  QRect member functions
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   208
 *****************************************************************************/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   209
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   210
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   211
    \fn QRect::QRect()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   212
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   213
    Constructs a null rectangle.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   214
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   215
    \sa isNull()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   216
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   217
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   218
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   219
    \fn QRect::QRect(const QPoint &topLeft, const QPoint &bottomRight)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   220
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   221
    Constructs a rectangle with the given \a topLeft and \a bottomRight corners.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   222
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   223
    \sa setTopLeft(), setBottomRight()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   224
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   225
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   226
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   227
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   228
    \fn QRect::QRect(const QPoint &topLeft, const QSize &size)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   229
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   230
    Constructs a rectangle with the given \a topLeft corner and the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   231
    given \a size.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   232
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   233
    \sa setTopLeft(), setSize()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   234
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   235
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   236
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   237
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   238
    \fn QRect::QRect(int x, int y, int width, int height)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   239
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   240
    Constructs a rectangle with (\a x, \a y) as its top-left corner
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   241
    and the given \a width and \a height.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   242
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   243
    \sa setRect()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   244
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   245
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   246
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   247
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   248
    \fn bool QRect::isNull() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   249
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   250
    Returns true if the rectangle is a null rectangle, otherwise
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   251
    returns false.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   252
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   253
    A null rectangle has both the width and the height set to 0 (i.e.,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   254
    right() == left() - 1 and bottom() == top() - 1). A null rectangle
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   255
    is also empty, and hence is not valid.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   256
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   257
    \sa isEmpty(), isValid()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   258
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   259
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   260
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   261
    \fn bool QRect::isEmpty() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   262
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   263
    Returns true if the rectangle is empty, otherwise returns false.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   264
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   265
    An empty rectangle has a left() > right() or top() > bottom(). An
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   266
    empty rectangle is not valid (i.e., isEmpty() == !isValid()).
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   267
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   268
    Use the normalized() function to retrieve a rectangle where the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   269
    corners are swapped.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   270
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   271
    \sa isNull(), isValid(), normalized()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   272
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   273
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   274
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   275
    \fn bool QRect::isValid() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   276
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   277
    Returns true if the rectangle is valid, otherwise returns false.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   278
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   279
    A valid rectangle has a left() < right() and top() <
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   280
    bottom(). Note that non-trivial operations like intersections are
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   281
    not defined for invalid rectangles. A valid rectangle is not empty
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   282
    (i.e., isValid() == !isEmpty()).
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   283
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   284
    \sa isNull(), isEmpty(), normalized()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   285
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   286
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   287
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   288
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   289
    Returns a normalized rectangle; i.e., a rectangle that has a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   290
    non-negative width and height.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   291
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   292
    If width() < 0 the function swaps the left and right corners, and
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   293
    it swaps the top and bottom corners if height() < 0.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   294
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   295
    \sa isValid(), isEmpty()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   296
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   297
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   298
QRect QRect::normalized() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   299
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   300
    QRect r;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   301
    if (x2 < x1 - 1) {                                // swap bad x values
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   302
        r.x1 = x2;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   303
        r.x2 = x1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   304
    } else {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   305
        r.x1 = x1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   306
        r.x2 = x2;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   307
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   308
    if (y2 < y1 - 1) {                                // swap bad y values
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   309
        r.y1 = y2;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   310
        r.y2 = y1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   311
    } else {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   312
        r.y1 = y1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   313
        r.y2 = y2;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   314
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   315
    return r;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   316
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   317
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   318
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   319
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   320
    \fn QRect QRect::normalize() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   321
    \compat
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   322
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   323
    Returns a normalized rectangle; i.e., a rectangle that has a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   324
    non-negative width and height.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   325
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   326
    Use the normalized() function instead
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   327
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   328
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   329
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   330
    \fn int QRect::left() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   331
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   332
    Returns the x-coordinate of the rectangle's left edge. Equivalent
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   333
    to x().
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   334
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   335
    \sa setLeft(),  topLeft(), bottomLeft()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   336
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   337
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   338
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   339
    \fn int QRect::top() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   340
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   341
    Returns the y-coordinate of the rectangle's top edge.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   342
    Equivalent to y().
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   343
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   344
    \sa setTop(), topLeft(), topRight()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   345
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   346
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   347
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   348
    \fn int QRect::right() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   349
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   350
    Returns the x-coordinate of the rectangle's right edge.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   351
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   352
    Note that for historical reasons this function returns left() +
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   353
    width() - 1; use x() + width() to retrieve the true x-coordinate.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   354
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   355
    \sa setRight(), topRight(), bottomRight()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   356
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   357
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   358
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   359
    \fn int QRect::bottom() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   360
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   361
    Returns the y-coordinate of the rectangle's bottom edge.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   362
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   363
    Note that for historical reasons this function returns top() +
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   364
    height() - 1; use y() + height() to retrieve the true y-coordinate.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   365
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   366
    \sa setBottom(), bottomLeft(), bottomRight()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   367
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   368
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   369
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   370
    \fn int &QRect::rLeft()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   371
    \compat
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   372
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   373
    Returns a reference to the left coordinate of the rectangle.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   374
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   375
    Use the left() function instead.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   376
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   377
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   378
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   379
    \fn int &QRect::rTop()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   380
    \compat
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   381
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   382
    Returns a reference to the top coordinate of the rectangle.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   383
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   384
    Use the top() function instead.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   385
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   386
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   387
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   388
    \fn int &QRect::rRight()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   389
    \compat
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   390
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   391
    Returns a reference to the right coordinate of the rectangle.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   392
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   393
    Use the right() function instead.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   394
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   395
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   396
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   397
    \fn int &QRect::rBottom()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   398
    \compat
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   399
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   400
    Returns a reference to the bottom coordinate of the rectangle.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   401
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   402
    Use the bottom() function instead.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   403
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   404
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   405
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   406
    \fn int QRect::x() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   407
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   408
    Returns the x-coordinate of the rectangle's left edge. Equivalent to left().
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   409
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   410
    \sa setX(), y(), topLeft()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   411
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   412
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   413
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   414
    \fn int QRect::y() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   415
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   416
    Returns the y-coordinate of the rectangle's top edge. Equivalent to top().
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   417
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   418
    \sa setY(), x(), topLeft()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   419
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   420
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   421
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   422
    \fn void QRect::setLeft(int x)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   423
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   424
    Sets the left edge of the rectangle to the given \a x
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   425
    coordinate. May change the width, but will never change the right
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   426
    edge of the rectangle.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   427
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   428
    Equivalent to setX().
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   429
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   430
    \sa left(), moveLeft()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   431
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   432
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   433
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   434
    \fn void QRect::setTop(int y)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   435
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   436
    Sets the top edge of the rectangle to the given \a y
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   437
    coordinate. May change the height, but will never change the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   438
    bottom edge of the rectangle.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   439
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   440
    Equivalent to setY().
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   441
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   442
    \sa top(), moveTop()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   443
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   444
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   445
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   446
    \fn void QRect::setRight(int x)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   447
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   448
    Sets the right edge of the rectangle to the given \a x
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   449
    coordinate. May change the width, but will never change the left
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   450
    edge of the rectangle.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   451
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   452
    \sa right(), moveRight()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   453
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   454
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   455
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   456
    \fn void QRect::setBottom(int y)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   457
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   458
    Sets the bottom edge of the rectangle to the given \a y
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   459
    coordinate. May change the height, but will never change the top
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   460
    edge of the rectangle.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   461
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   462
    \sa bottom(), moveBottom(),
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   463
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   464
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   465
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   466
    \fn void QRect::setX(int x)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   467
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   468
    Sets the left edge of the rectangle to the given \a x
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   469
    coordinate. May change the width, but will never change the right
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   470
    edge of the rectangle.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   471
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   472
    Equivalent to setLeft().
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   473
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   474
    \sa x(), setY(), setTopLeft()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   475
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   476
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   477
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   478
    \fn void QRect::setY(int y)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   479
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   480
    Sets the top edge of the rectangle to the given \a y
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   481
    coordinate. May change the height, but will never change the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   482
    bottom edge of the rectangle.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   483
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   484
    Equivalent to setTop().
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   485
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   486
    \sa y(), setX(), setTopLeft()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   487
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   488
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   489
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   490
    \fn void QRect::setTopLeft(const QPoint &position)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   491
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   492
    Set the top-left corner of the rectangle to the given \a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   493
    position. May change the size, but will never change the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   494
    bottom-right corner of the rectangle.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   495
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   496
    \sa topLeft(), moveTopLeft()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   497
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   498
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   499
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   500
    \fn void QRect::setBottomRight(const QPoint &position)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   501
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   502
    Set the bottom-right corner of the rectangle to the given \a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   503
    position. May change the size, but will never change the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   504
    top-left corner of the rectangle.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   505
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   506
    \sa bottomRight(), moveBottomRight()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   507
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   508
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   509
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   510
    \fn void QRect::setTopRight(const QPoint &position)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   511
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   512
    Set the top-right corner of the rectangle to the given \a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   513
    position. May change the size, but will never change the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   514
    bottom-left corner of the rectangle.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   515
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   516
    \sa topRight(), moveTopRight()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   517
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   518
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   519
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   520
    \fn void QRect::setBottomLeft(const QPoint &position)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   521
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   522
    Set the bottom-left corner of the rectangle to the given \a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   523
    position. May change the size, but will never change the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   524
    top-right corner of the rectangle.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   525
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   526
    \sa bottomLeft(), moveBottomLeft()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   527
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   528
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   529
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   530
    \fn QPoint QRect::topLeft() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   531
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   532
    Returns the position of the rectangle's top-left corner.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   533
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   534
    \sa setTopLeft(), top(), left()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   535
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   536
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   537
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   538
    \fn QPoint QRect::bottomRight() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   539
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   540
    Returns the position of the rectangle's bottom-right corner.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   541
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   542
    Note that for historical reasons this function returns
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   543
    QPoint(left() + width() -1, top() + height() - 1).
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   544
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   545
    \sa setBottomRight(), bottom(), right()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   546
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   547
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   548
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   549
    \fn QPoint QRect::topRight() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   550
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   551
    Returns the position of the rectangle's top-right corner.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   552
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   553
    Note that for historical reasons this function returns
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   554
    QPoint(left() + width() -1, top()).
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   555
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   556
    \sa setTopRight(), top(), right()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   557
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   558
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   559
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   560
    \fn QPoint QRect::bottomLeft() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   561
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   562
    Returns the position of the rectangle's bottom-left corner. Note
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   563
    that for historical reasons this function returns QPoint(left(),
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   564
    top() + height() - 1).
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   565
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   566
    \sa setBottomLeft(), bottom(), left()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   567
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   568
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   569
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   570
    \fn QPoint QRect::center() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   571
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   572
    Returns the center point of the rectangle.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   573
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   574
    \sa moveCenter()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   575
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   576
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   577
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   578
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   579
    \fn void QRect::getRect(int *x, int *y, int *width, int *height) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   580
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   581
    Extracts the position of the rectangle's top-left corner to *\a x
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   582
    and *\a y, and its dimensions to *\a width and *\a height.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   583
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   584
    \sa setRect(), getCoords()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   585
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   586
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   587
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   588
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   589
    \fn void QRect::getCoords(int *x1, int *y1, int *x2, int *y2) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   590
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   591
    Extracts the position of the rectangle's top-left corner to *\a x1
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   592
    and *\a y1, and the position of the bottom-right corner to *\a x2
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   593
    and *\a y2.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   594
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   595
    \sa setCoords(), getRect()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   596
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   597
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   598
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   599
    \fn void QRect::rect(int *x, int *y, int *width, int *height) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   600
    \compat
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   601
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   602
    Extracts the position of the rectangle's top-left corner to *\a x and
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   603
    *\a y, and its dimensions to *\a width and * \a height.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   604
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   605
    Use the getRect() function instead.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   606
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   607
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   608
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   609
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   610
    \fn void QRect::coords(int *x1, int *y1, int *x2, int *y2) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   611
    \compat
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   612
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   613
    Extracts the position of the rectangle's top-left corner to *\a x1
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   614
    and *\a y1, and the position of the bottom-right corner to *\a x2
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   615
    and *\a y2.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   616
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   617
    Use the getCoords() function instead.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   618
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   619
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   620
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   621
    \fn void QRect::moveLeft(int x)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   622
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   623
    Moves the rectangle horizontally, leaving the rectangle's left
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   624
    edge at the given \a x coordinate. The rectangle's size is
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   625
    unchanged.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   626
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   627
    \sa left(), setLeft(), moveRight()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   628
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   629
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   630
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   631
    \fn void QRect::moveTop(int y)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   632
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   633
    Moves the rectangle vertically, leaving the rectangle's top edge
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   634
    at the given \a y coordinate. The rectangle's size is unchanged.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   635
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   636
    \sa top(), setTop(), moveBottom()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   637
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   638
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   639
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   640
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   641
    \fn void QRect::moveRight(int x)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   642
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   643
    Moves the rectangle horizontally, leaving the rectangle's right
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   644
    edge at the given \a x coordinate. The rectangle's size is
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   645
    unchanged.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   646
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   647
    \sa right(), setRight(), moveLeft()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   648
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   649
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   650
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   651
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   652
    \fn void QRect::moveBottom(int y)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   653
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   654
    Moves the rectangle vertically, leaving the rectangle's bottom
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   655
    edge at the given \a y coordinate. The rectangle's size is
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   656
    unchanged.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   657
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   658
    \sa bottom(), setBottom(), moveTop()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   659
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   660
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   661
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   662
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   663
    \fn void QRect::moveTopLeft(const QPoint &position)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   664
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   665
    Moves the rectangle, leaving the top-left corner at the given \a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   666
    position. The rectangle's size is unchanged.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   667
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   668
    \sa setTopLeft(), moveTop(), moveLeft()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   669
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   670
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   671
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   672
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   673
    \fn void QRect::moveBottomRight(const QPoint &position)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   674
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   675
    Moves the rectangle, leaving the bottom-right corner at the given
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   676
    \a position. The rectangle's size is unchanged.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   677
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   678
    \sa setBottomRight(), moveRight(), moveBottom()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   679
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   680
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   681
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   682
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   683
    \fn void QRect::moveTopRight(const QPoint &position)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   684
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   685
    Moves the rectangle, leaving the top-right corner at the given \a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   686
    position. The rectangle's size is unchanged.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   687
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   688
    \sa setTopRight(), moveTop(), moveRight()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   689
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   690
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   691
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   692
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   693
    \fn void QRect::moveBottomLeft(const QPoint &position)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   694
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   695
    Moves the rectangle, leaving the bottom-left corner at the given
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   696
    \a position. The rectangle's size is unchanged.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   697
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   698
    \sa setBottomLeft(), moveBottom(), moveLeft()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   699
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   700
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   701
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   702
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   703
    \fn void QRect::moveCenter(const QPoint &position)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   704
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   705
    Moves the rectangle, leaving the center point at the given \a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   706
    position. The rectangle's size is unchanged.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   707
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   708
    \sa center()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   709
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   710
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   711
void QRect::moveCenter(const QPoint &p)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   712
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   713
    int w = x2 - x1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   714
    int h = y2 - y1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   715
    x1 = p.x() - w/2;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   716
    y1 = p.y() - h/2;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   717
    x2 = x1 + w;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   718
    y2 = y1 + h;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   719
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   720
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   721
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   722
    \fn void QRect::moveBy(int dx, int dy)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   723
    \compat
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   724
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   725
    Moves the rectangle \a dx along the x axis and \a dy along the y
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   726
    axis, relative to the current position.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   727
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   728
    Use the translate() function instead.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   729
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   730
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   731
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   732
    \fn void QRect::moveBy(const QPoint &)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   733
    \compat
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   734
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   735
    Use the translate() function instead.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   736
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   737
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   738
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   739
    \fn void QRect::moveTo(int x, int y)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   740
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   741
    Moves the rectangle, leaving the top-left corner at the given
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   742
    position (\a x, \a y).  The rectangle's size is unchanged.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   743
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   744
    \sa translate(), moveTopLeft()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   745
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   746
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   747
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   748
    \fn void QRect::moveTo(const QPoint &position)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   749
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   750
    Moves the rectangle, leaving the top-left corner at the given \a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   751
    position.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   752
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   753
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   754
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   755
    \fn void QRect::translate(int dx, int dy)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   756
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   757
    Moves the rectangle \a dx along the x axis and \a dy along the y
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   758
    axis, relative to the current position. Positive values move the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   759
    rectangle to the right and down.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   760
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   761
    \sa moveTopLeft(), moveTo(), translated()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   762
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   763
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   764
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   765
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   766
    \fn void QRect::translate(const QPoint &offset)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   767
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   768
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   769
    Moves the rectangle \a{offset}.\l{QPoint::x()}{x()} along the x
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   770
    axis and \a{offset}.\l{QPoint::y()}{y()} along the y axis,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   771
    relative to the current position.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   772
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   773
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   774
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   775
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   776
    \fn QRect QRect::translated(int dx, int dy) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   777
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   778
    Returns a copy of the rectangle that is translated \a dx along the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   779
    x axis and \a dy along the y axis, relative to the current
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   780
    position. Positive values move the rectangle to the right and
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   781
    down.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   782
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   783
    \sa translate()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   784
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   785
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   786
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   787
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   788
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   789
    \fn QRect QRect::translated(const QPoint &offset) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   790
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   791
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   792
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   793
    Returns a copy of the rectangle that is translated
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   794
    \a{offset}.\l{QPoint::x()}{x()} along the x axis and
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   795
    \a{offset}.\l{QPoint::y()}{y()} along the y axis, relative to the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   796
    current position.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   797
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   798
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   799
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   800
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   801
    \fn void QRect::setRect(int x, int y, int width, int height)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   802
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   803
    Sets the coordinates of the rectangle's top-left corner to (\a{x},
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   804
    \a{y}), and its size to the given \a width and \a height.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   805
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   806
    \sa getRect(), setCoords()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   807
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   808
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   809
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   810
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   811
    \fn void QRect::setCoords(int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   812
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   813
    Sets the coordinates of the rectangle's top-left corner to (\a x1,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   814
    \a y1), and the coordinates of its bottom-right corner to (\a x2,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   815
    \a y2).
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   816
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   817
    \sa getCoords(), setRect()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   818
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   819
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   820
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   821
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   822
    \fn void QRect::addCoords(int dx1, int dy1, int dx2, int dy2)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   823
    \compat
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   824
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   825
    Adds \a dx1, \a dy1, \a dx2 and \a dy2 to the existing coordinates
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   826
    of the rectangle respectively.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   827
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   828
    Use the adjust() function instead.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   829
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   830
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   831
/*! \fn QRect QRect::adjusted(int dx1, int dy1, int dx2, int dy2) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   832
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   833
    Returns a new rectangle with \a dx1, \a dy1, \a dx2 and \a dy2
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   834
    added respectively to the existing coordinates of this rectangle.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   835
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   836
    \sa adjust()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   837
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   838
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   839
/*! \fn void QRect::adjust(int dx1, int dy1, int dx2, int dy2)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   840
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   841
    Adds \a dx1, \a dy1, \a dx2 and \a dy2 respectively to the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   842
    existing coordinates of the rectangle.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   843
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   844
    \sa adjusted(), setRect()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   845
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   846
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   847
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   848
    \fn QSize QRect::size() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   849
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   850
    Returns the size of the rectangle.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   851
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   852
    \sa setSize(), width(), height()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   853
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   854
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   855
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   856
    \fn int QRect::width() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   857
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   858
    Returns the width of the rectangle.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   859
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   860
    \sa setWidth(), height(),  size()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   861
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   862
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   863
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   864
    \fn int QRect::height() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   865
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   866
    Returns the height of the rectangle.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   867
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   868
    \sa setHeight(), width(), size()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   869
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   870
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   871
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   872
    \fn void QRect::setWidth(int width)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   873
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   874
    Sets the width of the rectangle to the given \a width. The right
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   875
    edge is changed, but not the left one.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   876
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   877
    \sa width(), setSize()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   878
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   879
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   880
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   881
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   882
    \fn void QRect::setHeight(int height)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   883
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   884
    Sets the height of the rectangle to the given \a height. The bottom
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   885
    edge is changed, but not the top one.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   886
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   887
    \sa height(), setSize()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   888
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   889
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   890
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   891
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   892
    \fn void QRect::setSize(const QSize &size)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   893
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   894
    Sets the size of the rectangle to the given \a size. The top-left
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   895
    corner is not moved.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   896
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   897
    \sa size(), setWidth(), setHeight()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   898
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   899
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   900
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   901
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   902
    \fn bool QRect::contains(const QPoint &point, bool proper) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   903
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   904
    Returns true if the given \a point is inside or on the edge of
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   905
    the rectangle, otherwise returns false. If \a proper is true, this
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   906
    function only returns true if the given \a point is \e inside the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   907
    rectangle (i.e., not on the edge).
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   908
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   909
    \sa intersects()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   910
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   911
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   912
bool QRect::contains(const QPoint &p, bool proper) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   913
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   914
    int l, r;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   915
    if (x2 < x1 - 1) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   916
        l = x2;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   917
        r = x1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   918
    } else {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   919
        l = x1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   920
        r = x2;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   921
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   922
    if (proper) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   923
        if (p.x() <= l || p.x() >= r)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   924
            return false;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   925
    } else {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   926
        if (p.x() < l || p.x() > r)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   927
            return false;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   928
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   929
    int t, b;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   930
    if (y2 < y1 - 1) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   931
        t = y2;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   932
        b = y1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   933
    } else {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   934
        t = y1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   935
        b = y2;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   936
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   937
    if (proper) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   938
        if (p.y() <= t || p.y() >= b)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   939
            return false;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   940
    } else {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   941
        if (p.y() < t || p.y() > b)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   942
            return false;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   943
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   944
    return true;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   945
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   946
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   947
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   948
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   949
    \fn bool QRect::contains(int x, int y, bool proper) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   950
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   951
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   952
    Returns true if the point (\a x, \a y) is inside or on the edge of
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   953
    the rectangle, otherwise returns false. If \a proper is true, this
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   954
    function only returns true if the point is entirely inside the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   955
    rectangle(not on the edge).
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   956
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   957
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   958
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   959
    \fn bool QRect::contains(int x, int y) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   960
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   961
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   962
    Returns true if the point (\a x, \a y) is inside this rectangle,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   963
    otherwise returns false.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   964
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   965
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   966
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   967
    \fn bool QRect::contains(const QRect &rectangle, bool proper) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   968
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   969
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   970
    Returns true if the given \a rectangle is inside this rectangle.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   971
    otherwise returns false. If \a proper is true, this function only
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   972
    returns true if the \a rectangle is entirely inside this
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   973
    rectangle (not on the edge).
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   974
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   975
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   976
bool QRect::contains(const QRect &r, bool proper) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   977
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   978
    if (isNull() || r.isNull())
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   979
        return false;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   980
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   981
    int l1 = x1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   982
    int r1 = x1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   983
    if (x2 - x1 + 1 < 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   984
        l1 = x2;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   985
    else
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   986
        r1 = x2;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   987
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   988
    int l2 = r.x1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   989
    int r2 = r.x1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   990
    if (r.x2 - r.x1 + 1 < 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   991
        l2 = r.x2;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   992
    else
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   993
        r2 = r.x2;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   994
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   995
    if (proper) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   996
        if (l2 <= l1 || r2 >= r1)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   997
            return false;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   998
    } else {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   999
        if (l2 < l1 || r2 > r1)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1000
            return false;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1001
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1002
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1003
    int t1 = y1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1004
    int b1 = y1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1005
    if (y2 - y1 + 1 < 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1006
        t1 = y2;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1007
    else
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1008
        b1 = y2;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1009
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1010
    int t2 = r.y1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1011
    int b2 = r.y1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1012
    if (r.y2 - r.y1 + 1 < 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1013
        t2 = r.y2;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1014
    else
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1015
        b2 = r.y2;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1016
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1017
    if (proper) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1018
        if (t2 <= t1 || b2 >= b1)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1019
            return false;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1020
    } else {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1021
        if (t2 < t1 || b2 > b1)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1022
            return false;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1023
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1024
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1025
    return true;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1026
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1027
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1028
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1029
    \fn QRect& QRect::operator|=(const QRect &rectangle)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1030
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1031
    Unites this rectangle with the given \a rectangle.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1032
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1033
    \sa united(), operator|()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1034
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1035
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1036
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1037
    \fn QRect& QRect::operator&=(const QRect &rectangle)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1038
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1039
    Intersects this rectangle with the given \a rectangle.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1040
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1041
    \sa intersected(), operator&()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1042
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1043
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1044
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1045
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1046
    \fn QRect QRect::operator|(const QRect &rectangle) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1047
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1048
    Returns the bounding rectangle of this rectangle and the given \a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1049
    rectangle.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1050
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1051
    \sa operator|=(), united()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1052
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1053
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1054
QRect QRect::operator|(const QRect &r) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1055
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1056
    if (isNull())
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1057
        return r;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1058
    if (r.isNull())
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1059
        return *this;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1060
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1061
    int l1 = x1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1062
    int r1 = x1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1063
    if (x2 - x1 + 1 < 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1064
        l1 = x2;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1065
    else
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1066
        r1 = x2;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1067
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1068
    int l2 = r.x1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1069
    int r2 = r.x1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1070
    if (r.x2 - r.x1 + 1 < 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1071
        l2 = r.x2;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1072
    else
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1073
        r2 = r.x2;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1074
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1075
    int t1 = y1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1076
    int b1 = y1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1077
    if (y2 - y1 + 1 < 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1078
        t1 = y2;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1079
    else
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1080
        b1 = y2;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1081
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1082
    int t2 = r.y1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1083
    int b2 = r.y1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1084
    if (r.y2 - r.y1 + 1 < 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1085
        t2 = r.y2;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1086
    else
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1087
        b2 = r.y2;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1088
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1089
    QRect tmp;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1090
    tmp.x1 = qMin(l1, l2);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1091
    tmp.x2 = qMax(r1, r2);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1092
    tmp.y1 = qMin(t1, t2);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1093
    tmp.y2 = qMax(b1, b2);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1094
    return tmp;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1095
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1096
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1097
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1098
    \fn QRect QRect::unite(const QRect &rectangle) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1099
    \obsolete
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1100
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1101
    Use united(\a rectangle) instead.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1102
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1103
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1104
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1105
    \fn QRect QRect::united(const QRect &rectangle) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1106
    \since 4.2
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1107
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1108
    Returns the bounding rectangle of this rectangle and the given \a rectangle.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1109
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1110
    \image qrect-unite.png
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1111
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1112
    \sa intersected()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1113
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1114
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1115
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1116
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1117
    \fn QRect QRect::operator&(const QRect &rectangle) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1118
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1119
    Returns the intersection of this rectangle and the given \a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1120
    rectangle. Returns an empty rectangle if there is no intersection.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1121
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1122
    \sa operator&=(), intersected()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1123
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1124
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1125
QRect QRect::operator&(const QRect &r) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1126
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1127
    if (isNull() || r.isNull())
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1128
        return QRect();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1129
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1130
    int l1 = x1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1131
    int r1 = x1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1132
    if (x2 - x1 + 1 < 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1133
        l1 = x2;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1134
    else
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1135
        r1 = x2;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1136
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1137
    int l2 = r.x1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1138
    int r2 = r.x1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1139
    if (r.x2 - r.x1 + 1 < 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1140
        l2 = r.x2;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1141
    else
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1142
        r2 = r.x2;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1143
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1144
    if (l1 > r2 || l2 > r1)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1145
        return QRect();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1146
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1147
    int t1 = y1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1148
    int b1 = y1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1149
    if (y2 - y1 + 1 < 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1150
        t1 = y2;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1151
    else
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1152
        b1 = y2;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1153
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1154
    int t2 = r.y1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1155
    int b2 = r.y1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1156
    if (r.y2 - r.y1 + 1 < 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1157
        t2 = r.y2;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1158
    else
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1159
        b2 = r.y2;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1160
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1161
    if (t1 > b2 || t2 > b1)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1162
        return QRect();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1163
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1164
    QRect tmp;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1165
    tmp.x1 = qMax(l1, l2);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1166
    tmp.x2 = qMin(r1, r2);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1167
    tmp.y1 = qMax(t1, t2);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1168
    tmp.y2 = qMin(b1, b2);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1169
    return tmp;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1170
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1171
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1172
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1173
    \fn QRect QRect::intersect(const QRect &rectangle) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1174
    \obsolete
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1175
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1176
    Use intersected(\a rectangle) instead.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1177
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1178
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1179
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1180
    \fn QRect QRect::intersected(const QRect &rectangle) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1181
    \since 4.2
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1182
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1183
    Returns the intersection of this rectangle and the given \a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1184
    rectangle. Note that \c{r.intersected(s)} is equivalent to \c{r & s}.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1185
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1186
    \image qrect-intersect.png
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1187
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1188
    \sa intersects(), united(), operator&=()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1189
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1190
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1191
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1192
    \fn bool QRect::intersects(const QRect &rectangle) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1193
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1194
    Returns true if this rectangle intersects with the given \a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1195
    rectangle (i.e., there is at least one pixel that is within both
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1196
    rectangles), otherwise returns false.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1197
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1198
    The intersection rectangle can be retrieved using the intersected()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1199
    function.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1200
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1201
    \sa  contains()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1202
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1203
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1204
bool QRect::intersects(const QRect &r) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1205
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1206
    if (isNull() || r.isNull())
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1207
        return false;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1208
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1209
    int l1 = x1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1210
    int r1 = x1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1211
    if (x2 - x1 + 1 < 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1212
        l1 = x2;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1213
    else
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1214
        r1 = x2;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1215
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1216
    int l2 = r.x1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1217
    int r2 = r.x1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1218
    if (r.x2 - r.x1 + 1 < 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1219
        l2 = r.x2;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1220
    else
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1221
        r2 = r.x2;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1222
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1223
    if (l1 > r2 || l2 > r1)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1224
        return false;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1225
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1226
    int t1 = y1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1227
    int b1 = y1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1228
    if (y2 - y1 + 1 < 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1229
        t1 = y2;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1230
    else
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1231
        b1 = y2;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1232
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1233
    int t2 = r.y1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1234
    int b2 = r.y1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1235
    if (r.y2 - r.y1 + 1 < 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1236
        t2 = r.y2;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1237
    else
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1238
        b2 = r.y2;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1239
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1240
    if (t1 > b2 || t2 > b1)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1241
        return false;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1242
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1243
    return true;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1244
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1245
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1246
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1247
    \fn bool operator==(const QRect &r1, const QRect &r2)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1248
    \relates QRect
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1249
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1250
    Returns true if the rectangles \a r1 and \a r2 are equal,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1251
    otherwise returns false.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1252
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1253
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1254
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1255
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1256
    \fn bool operator!=(const QRect &r1, const QRect &r2)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1257
    \relates QRect
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1258
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1259
    Returns true if the rectangles \a r1 and \a r2 are different, otherwise
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1260
    returns false.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1261
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1262
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1263
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1264
/*****************************************************************************
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1265
  QRect stream functions
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1266
 *****************************************************************************/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1267
#ifndef QT_NO_DATASTREAM
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1268
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1269
    \fn QDataStream &operator<<(QDataStream &stream, const QRect &rectangle)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1270
    \relates QRect
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1271
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1272
    Writes the given \a rectangle to the given \a stream, and returns
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1273
    a reference to the stream.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1274
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1275
    \sa {Format of the QDataStream Operators}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1276
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1277
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1278
QDataStream &operator<<(QDataStream &s, const QRect &r)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1279
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1280
    if (s.version() == 1)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1281
        s << (qint16)r.left() << (qint16)r.top()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1282
          << (qint16)r.right() << (qint16)r.bottom();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1283
    else
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1284
        s << (qint32)r.left() << (qint32)r.top()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1285
          << (qint32)r.right() << (qint32)r.bottom();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1286
    return s;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1287
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1288
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1289
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1290
    \fn QDataStream &operator>>(QDataStream &stream, QRect &rectangle)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1291
    \relates QRect
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1292
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1293
    Reads a rectangle from the given \a stream into the given \a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1294
    rectangle, and returns a reference to the stream.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1295
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1296
    \sa {Format of the QDataStream Operators}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1297
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1298
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1299
QDataStream &operator>>(QDataStream &s, QRect &r)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1300
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1301
    if (s.version() == 1) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1302
        qint16 x1, y1, x2, y2;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1303
        s >> x1; s >> y1; s >> x2; s >> y2;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1304
        r.setCoords(x1, y1, x2, y2);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1305
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1306
    else {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1307
        qint32 x1, y1, x2, y2;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1308
        s >> x1; s >> y1; s >> x2; s >> y2;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1309
        r.setCoords(x1, y1, x2, y2);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1310
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1311
    return s;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1312
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1313
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1314
#endif // QT_NO_DATASTREAM
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1315
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1316
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1317
#ifndef QT_NO_DEBUG_STREAM
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1318
QDebug operator<<(QDebug dbg, const QRect &r) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1319
    dbg.nospace() << "QRect(" << r.x() << ',' << r.y() << ' '
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1320
                  << r.width() << 'x' << r.height() << ')';
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1321
    return dbg.space();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1322
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1323
#endif
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1324
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1325
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1326
    \class QRectF
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1327
    \ingroup painting
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1328
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1329
    \brief The QRectF class defines a rectangle in the plane using floating
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1330
    point precision.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1331
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1332
    A rectangle is normally expressed as an upper-left corner and a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1333
    size.  The size (width and height) of a QRectF is always equivalent
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1334
    to the mathematical rectangle that forms the basis for its
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1335
    rendering.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1336
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1337
    A QRectF can be constructed with a set of left, top, width and
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1338
    height integers, or from a QPoint and a QSize.  The following code
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1339
    creates two identical rectangles.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1340
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1341
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qrect.cpp 1
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1342
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1343
    There is also a third constructor creating a QRectF from a QRect,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1344
    and a corresponding toRect() function that returns a QRect object
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1345
    based on the values of this rectangle (note that the coordinates
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1346
    in the returned rectangle are rounded to the nearest integer).
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1347
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1348
    The QRectF class provides a collection of functions that return
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1349
    the various rectangle coordinates, and enable manipulation of
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1350
    these. QRectF also provide functions to move the rectangle
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1351
    relative to the various coordinates. In addition there is a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1352
    moveTo() function that moves the rectangle, leaving its top left
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1353
    corner at the given coordinates. Alternatively, the translate()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1354
    function moves the rectangle the given offset relative to the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1355
    current position, and the translated() function returns a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1356
    translated copy of this rectangle.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1357
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1358
    The size() function returns the rectange's dimensions as a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1359
    QSize. The dimensions can also be retrieved separately using the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1360
    width() and height() functions. To manipulate the dimensions use
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1361
    the setSize(), setWidth() or setHeight() functions. Alternatively,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1362
    the size can be changed by applying either of the functions
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1363
    setting the rectangle coordinates, for example, setBottom() or
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1364
    setRight().
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1365
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1366
    The contains() function tells whether a given point is inside the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1367
    rectangle or not, and the intersects() function returns true if
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1368
    this rectangle intersects with a given rectangle (otherwise
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1369
    false). The QRectF class also provides the intersected() function
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1370
    which returns the intersection rectangle, and the united() function
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1371
    which returns the rectangle that encloses the given rectangle and
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1372
    this:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1373
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1374
    \table
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1375
    \row
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1376
    \o \inlineimage qrect-intersect.png
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1377
    \o \inlineimage qrect-unite.png
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1378
    \row
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1379
    \o intersected()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1380
    \o united()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1381
    \endtable
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1382
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1383
    The isEmpty() function returns true if the rectangle's width or
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1384
    height is less than, or equal to, 0. Note that an empty rectangle
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1385
    is not valid: The isValid() function returns true if both width
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1386
    and height is larger than 0. A null rectangle (isNull() == true)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1387
    on the other hand, has both width and height set to 0.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1388
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1389
    Note that due to the way QRect and QRectF are defined, an
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1390
    empty QRectF is defined in essentially the same way as QRect.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1391
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1392
    Finally, QRectF objects can be streamed as well as compared.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1393
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1394
    \tableofcontents
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1395
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1396
    \section1 Rendering
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1397
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1398
    When using an \l {QPainter::Antialiasing}{anti-aliased} painter,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1399
    the boundary line of a QRectF will be rendered symmetrically on both
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1400
    sides of the mathematical rectangle's boundary line. But when
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1401
    using an aliased painter (the default) other rules apply.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1402
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1403
    Then, when rendering with a one pixel wide pen the QRectF's boundary
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1404
    line will be rendered to the right and below the mathematical
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1405
    rectangle's boundary line.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1406
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1407
    When rendering with a two pixels wide pen the boundary line will
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1408
    be split in the middle by the mathematical rectangle. This will be
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1409
    the case whenever the pen is set to an even number of pixels,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1410
    while rendering with a pen with an odd number of pixels, the spare
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1411
    pixel will be rendered to the right and below the mathematical
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1412
    rectangle as in the one pixel case.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1413
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1414
    \table
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1415
    \row
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1416
        \o \inlineimage qrect-diagram-zero.png
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1417
        \o \inlineimage qrectf-diagram-one.png
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1418
    \row
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1419
        \o Logical representation
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1420
        \o One pixel wide pen
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1421
    \row
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1422
        \o \inlineimage qrectf-diagram-two.png
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1423
        \o \inlineimage qrectf-diagram-three.png
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1424
    \row
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1425
        \o Two pixel wide pen
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1426
        \o Three pixel wide pen
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1427
    \endtable
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1428
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1429
    \section1 Coordinates
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1430
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1431
    The QRectF class provides a collection of functions that return
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1432
    the various rectangle coordinates, and enable manipulation of
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1433
    these. QRectF also provide functions to move the rectangle
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1434
    relative to the various coordinates.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1435
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1436
    For example: the bottom(), setBottom() and moveBottom() functions:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1437
    bottom() returns the y-coordinate of the rectangle's bottom edge,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1438
    setBottom() sets the bottom edge of the rectangle to the given y
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1439
    coordinate (it may change the height, but will never change the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1440
    rectangle's top edge) and moveBottom() moves the entire rectangle
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1441
    vertically, leaving the rectangle's bottom edge at the given y
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1442
    coordinate and its size unchanged.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1443
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1444
    \image qrectf-coordinates.png
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1445
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1446
    It is also possible to add offsets to this rectangle's coordinates
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1447
    using the adjust() function, as well as retrieve a new rectangle
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1448
    based on adjustments of the original one using the adjusted()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1449
    function. If either of the width and height is negative, use the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1450
    normalized() function to retrieve a rectangle where the corners
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1451
    are swapped.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1452
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1453
    In addition, QRectF provides the getCoords() function which extracts
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1454
    the position of the rectangle's top-left and bottom-right corner,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1455
    and the getRect() function which extracts the rectangle's top-left
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1456
    corner, width and height. Use the setCoords() and setRect()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1457
    function to manipulate the rectangle's coordinates and dimensions
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1458
    in one go.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1459
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1460
    \sa QRect, QRegion
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1461
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1462
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1463
/*****************************************************************************
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1464
  QRectF member functions
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1465
 *****************************************************************************/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1466
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1467
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1468
    \fn QRectF::QRectF()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1469
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1470
    Constructs a null rectangle.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1471
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1472
    \sa isNull()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1473
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1474
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1475
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1476
    \fn QRectF::QRectF(const QPointF &topLeft, const QSizeF &size)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1477
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1478
    Constructs a rectangle with the given \a topLeft corner and the given \a size.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1479
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1480
    \sa setTopLeft(), setSize()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1481
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1482
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1483
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1484
    \fn QRectF::QRectF(const QPointF &topLeft, const QPointF &bottomRight)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1485
    \since 4.3
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1486
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1487
    Constructs a rectangle with the given \a topLeft and \a bottomRight corners.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1488
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1489
    \sa setTopLeft(), setBottomRight()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1490
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1491
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1492
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1493
    \fn QRectF::QRectF(qreal x, qreal y, qreal width, qreal height)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1494
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1495
    Constructs a rectangle with (\a x, \a y) as its top-left corner
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1496
    and the given \a width and \a height.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1497
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1498
    \sa setRect()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1499
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1500
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1501
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1502
    \fn QRectF::QRectF(const QRect &rectangle)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1503
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1504
    Constructs a QRectF rectangle from the given QRect \a rectangle.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1505
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1506
    \sa toRect()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1507
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1508
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1509
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1510
    \fn bool QRectF::isNull() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1511
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1512
    Returns true if the rectangle is a null rectangle, otherwise returns false.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1513
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1514
    A null rectangle has both the width and the height set to 0. A
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1515
    null rectangle is also empty, and hence not valid.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1516
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1517
    \sa isEmpty(), isValid()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1518
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1519
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1520
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1521
    \fn bool QRectF::isEmpty() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1522
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1523
    Returns true if the rectangle is empty, otherwise returns false.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1524
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1525
    An empty rectangle has width() <= 0 or height() <= 0.  An empty
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1526
    rectangle is not valid (i.e., isEmpty() == !isValid()).
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1527
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1528
    Use the normalized() function to retrieve a rectangle where the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1529
    corners are swapped.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1530
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1531
    \sa isNull(),  isValid(),  normalized()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1532
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1533
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1534
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1535
    \fn bool QRectF::isValid() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1536
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1537
    Returns true if the rectangle is valid, otherwise returns false.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1538
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1539
    A valid rectangle has a width() > 0 and height() > 0. Note that
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1540
    non-trivial operations like intersections are not defined for
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1541
    invalid rectangles. A valid rectangle is not empty (i.e., isValid()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1542
    == !isEmpty()).
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1543
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1544
    \sa isNull(), isEmpty(), normalized()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1545
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1546
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1547
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1548
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1549
    Returns a normalized rectangle; i.e., a rectangle that has a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1550
    non-negative width and height.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1551
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1552
    If width() < 0 the function swaps the left and right corners, and
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1553
    it swaps the top and bottom corners if height() < 0.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1554
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1555
    \sa isValid(), isEmpty()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1556
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1557
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1558
QRectF QRectF::normalized() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1559
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1560
    QRectF r = *this;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1561
    if (r.w < 0) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1562
        r.xp += r.w;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1563
        r.w = -r.w;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1564
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1565
    if (r.h < 0) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1566
        r.yp += r.h;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1567
        r.h = -r.h;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1568
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1569
    return r;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1570
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1571
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1572
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1573
    \fn qreal QRectF::x() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1574
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1575
    Returns the x-coordinate of the rectangle's left edge. Equivalent
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1576
    to left().
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1577
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1578
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1579
    \sa setX(), y(), topLeft()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1580
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1581
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1582
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1583
    \fn qreal QRectF::y() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1584
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1585
    Returns the y-coordinate of the rectangle's top edge. Equivalent
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1586
    to top().
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1587
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1588
    \sa setY(), x(),  topLeft()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1589
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1590
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1591
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1592
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1593
    \fn void QRectF::setLeft(qreal x)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1594
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1595
    Sets the left edge of the rectangle to the given \a x
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1596
    coordinate. May change the width, but will never change the right
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1597
    edge of the rectangle.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1598
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1599
    Equivalent to setX().
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1600
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1601
    \sa left(), moveLeft()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1602
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1603
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1604
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1605
    \fn void QRectF::setTop(qreal y)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1606
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1607
    Sets the top edge of the rectangle to the given \a y coordinate. May
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1608
    change the height, but will never change the bottom edge of the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1609
    rectangle.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1610
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1611
    Equivalent to setY().
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1612
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1613
    \sa top(), moveTop()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1614
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1615
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1616
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1617
    \fn void QRectF::setRight(qreal x)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1618
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1619
    Sets the right edge of the rectangle to the given \a x
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1620
    coordinate. May change the width, but will never change the left
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1621
    edge of the rectangle.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1622
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1623
    \sa right(), moveRight()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1624
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1625
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1626
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1627
    \fn void QRectF::setBottom(qreal y)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1628
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1629
    Sets the bottom edge of the rectangle to the given \a y
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1630
    coordinate. May change the height, but will never change the top
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1631
    edge of the rectangle.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1632
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1633
    \sa bottom(), moveBottom()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1634
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1635
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1636
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1637
    \fn void QRectF::setX(qreal x)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1638
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1639
    Sets the left edge of the rectangle to the given \a x
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1640
    coordinate. May change the width, but will never change the right
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1641
    edge of the rectangle.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1642
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1643
    Equivalent to setLeft().
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1644
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1645
    \sa x(), setY(), setTopLeft()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1646
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1647
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1648
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1649
    \fn void QRectF::setY(qreal y)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1650
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1651
    Sets the top edge of the rectangle to the given \a y
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1652
    coordinate. May change the height, but will never change the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1653
    bottom edge of the rectangle.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1654
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1655
    Equivalent to setTop().
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1656
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1657
    \sa y(), setX(), setTopLeft()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1658
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1659
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1660
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1661
    \fn void QRectF::setTopLeft(const QPointF &position)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1662
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1663
    Set the top-left corner of the rectangle to the given \a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1664
    position. May change the size, but will never change the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1665
    bottom-right corner of the rectangle.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1666
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1667
    \sa topLeft(), moveTopLeft()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1668
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1669
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1670
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1671
    \fn void QRectF::setBottomRight(const QPointF &position)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1672
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1673
    Set the bottom-right corner of the rectangle to the given \a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1674
    position. May change the size, but will never change the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1675
    top-left corner of the rectangle.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1676
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1677
    \sa bottomRight(), moveBottomRight()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1678
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1679
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1680
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1681
    \fn void QRectF::setTopRight(const QPointF &position)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1682
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1683
    Set the top-right corner of the rectangle to the given \a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1684
    position. May change the size, but will never change the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1685
    bottom-left corner of the rectangle.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1686
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1687
    \sa topRight(), moveTopRight()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1688
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1689
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1690
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1691
    \fn void QRectF::setBottomLeft(const QPointF &position)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1692
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1693
    Set the bottom-left corner of the rectangle to the given \a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1694
    position. May change the size, but will never change the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1695
    top-right corner of the rectangle.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1696
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1697
    \sa bottomLeft(), moveBottomLeft()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1698
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1699
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1700
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1701
    \fn QPointF QRectF::center() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1702
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1703
    Returns the center point of the rectangle.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1704
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1705
    \sa moveCenter()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1706
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1707
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1708
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1709
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1710
    \fn void QRectF::getRect(qreal *x, qreal *y, qreal *width, qreal *height) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1711
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1712
    Extracts the position of the rectangle's top-left corner to *\a x and
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1713
    *\a y, and its dimensions to *\a width and *\a height.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1714
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1715
    \sa setRect(), getCoords()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1716
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1717
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1718
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1719
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1720
    \fn void QRectF::getCoords(qreal *x1, qreal *y1, qreal *x2, qreal *y2) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1721
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1722
    Extracts the position of the rectangle's top-left corner to *\a x1
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1723
    and *\a y1, and the position of the bottom-right corner to *\a x2 and
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1724
    *\a y2.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1725
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1726
    \sa setCoords(), getRect()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1727
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1728
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1729
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1730
    \fn void QRectF::moveLeft(qreal x)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1731
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1732
    Moves the rectangle horizontally, leaving the rectangle's left
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1733
    edge at the given \a x coordinate. The rectangle's size is
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1734
    unchanged.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1735
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1736
    \sa left(), setLeft(), moveRight()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1737
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1738
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1739
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1740
    \fn void QRectF::moveTop(qreal y)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1741
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1742
    Moves the rectangle vertically, leaving the rectangle's top line
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1743
    at the given \a y coordinate. The rectangle's size is unchanged.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1744
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1745
    \sa top(), setTop(), moveBottom()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1746
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1747
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1748
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1749
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1750
    \fn void QRectF::moveRight(qreal x)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1751
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1752
    Moves the rectangle horizontally, leaving the rectangle's right
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1753
    edge at the given \a x coordinate. The rectangle's size is
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1754
    unchanged.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1755
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1756
    \sa right(), setRight(), moveLeft()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1757
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1758
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1759
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1760
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1761
    \fn void QRectF::moveBottom(qreal y)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1762
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1763
    Moves the rectangle vertically, leaving the rectangle's bottom
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1764
    edge at the given \a y coordinate. The rectangle's size is
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1765
    unchanged.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1766
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1767
    \sa bottom(), setBottom(), moveTop()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1768
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1769
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1770
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1771
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1772
    \fn void QRectF::moveTopLeft(const QPointF &position)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1773
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1774
    Moves the rectangle, leaving the top-left corner at the given \a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1775
    position. The rectangle's size is unchanged.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1776
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1777
    \sa setTopLeft(), moveTop(), moveLeft()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1778
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1779
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1780
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1781
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1782
    \fn void QRectF::moveBottomRight(const QPointF &position)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1783
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1784
    Moves the rectangle, leaving the bottom-right corner at the given
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1785
    \a position. The rectangle's size is unchanged.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1786
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1787
    \sa setBottomRight(), moveBottom(), moveRight()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1788
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1789
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1790
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1791
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1792
    \fn void QRectF::moveTopRight(const QPointF &position)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1793
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1794
    Moves the rectangle, leaving the top-right corner at the given
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1795
    \a position. The rectangle's size is unchanged.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1796
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1797
    \sa setTopRight(), moveTop(), moveRight()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1798
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1799
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1800
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1801
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1802
    \fn void QRectF::moveBottomLeft(const QPointF &position)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1803
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1804
    Moves the rectangle, leaving the bottom-left corner at the given
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1805
    \a position. The rectangle's size is unchanged.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1806
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1807
    \sa setBottomLeft(), moveBottom(), moveLeft()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1808
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1809
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1810
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1811
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1812
    \fn void QRectF::moveTo(qreal x, qreal y)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1813
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1814
    Moves the rectangle, leaving the top-left corner at the given
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1815
    position (\a x, \a y). The rectangle's size is unchanged.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1816
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1817
    \sa translate(), moveTopLeft()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1818
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1819
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1820
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1821
    \fn void QRectF::moveTo(const QPointF &position)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1822
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1823
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1824
    Moves the rectangle, leaving the top-left corner at the given \a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1825
    position.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1826
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1827
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1828
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1829
    \fn void QRectF::translate(qreal dx, qreal dy)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1830
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1831
    Moves the rectangle \a dx along the x-axis and \a dy along the y-axis,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1832
    relative to the current position. Positive values move the rectangle to the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1833
    right and downwards.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1834
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1835
    \sa moveTopLeft(),  moveTo(),  translated()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1836
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1837
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1838
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1839
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1840
    \fn void QRectF::translate(const QPointF &offset)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1841
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1842
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1843
    Moves the rectangle \a{offset}.\l{QPointF::x()}{x()} along the x
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1844
    axis and \a{offset}.\l{QPointF::y()}{y()} along the y axis,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1845
    relative to the current position.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1846
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1847
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1848
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1849
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1850
    \fn QRectF QRectF::translated(qreal dx, qreal dy) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1851
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1852
    Returns a copy of the rectangle that is translated \a dx along the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1853
    x axis and \a dy along the y axis, relative to the current
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1854
    position. Positive values move the rectangle to the right and
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1855
    down.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1856
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1857
    \sa translate()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1858
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1859
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1860
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1861
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1862
    \fn QRectF QRectF::translated(const QPointF &offset) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1863
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1864
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1865
    Returns a copy of the rectangle that is translated
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1866
    \a{offset}.\l{QPointF::x()}{x()} along the x axis and
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1867
    \a{offset}.\l{QPointF::y()}{y()} along the y axis, relative to the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1868
    current position.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1869
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1870
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1871
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1872
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1873
    \fn void QRectF::setRect(qreal x, qreal y, qreal width, qreal height)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1874
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1875
    Sets the coordinates of the rectangle's top-left corner to (\a x,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1876
    \a y), and its size to the given \a width and \a height.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1877
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1878
    \sa getRect(), setCoords()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1879
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1880
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1881
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1882
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1883
    \fn void QRectF::setCoords(qreal x1, qreal y1, qreal x2, qreal y2)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1884
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1885
    Sets the coordinates of the rectangle's top-left corner to (\a x1,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1886
    \a y1), and the coordinates of its bottom-right corner to (\a x2,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1887
    \a y2).
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1888
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1889
    \sa getCoords() setRect()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1890
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1891
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1892
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1893
    \fn QRectF QRectF::adjusted(qreal dx1, qreal dy1, qreal dx2, qreal dy2) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1894
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1895
    Returns a new rectangle with \a dx1, \a dy1, \a dx2 and \a dy2
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1896
    added respectively to the existing coordinates of this rectangle.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1897
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1898
    \sa adjust()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1899
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1900
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1901
/*! \fn void QRectF::adjust(qreal dx1, qreal dy1, qreal dx2, qreal dy2)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1902
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1903
    Adds \a dx1, \a dy1, \a dx2 and \a dy2 respectively to the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1904
    existing coordinates of the rectangle.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1905
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1906
    \sa adjusted(), setRect()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1907
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1908
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1909
    \fn QSizeF QRectF::size() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1910
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1911
    Returns the size of the rectangle.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1912
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1913
    \sa setSize(), width(), height()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1914
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1915
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1916
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1917
    \fn qreal QRectF::width() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1918
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1919
    Returns the width of the rectangle.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1920
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1921
    \sa setWidth(), height(), size()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1922
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1923
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1924
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1925
    \fn qreal QRectF::height() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1926
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1927
    Returns the height of the rectangle.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1928
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1929
    \sa setHeight(), width(), size()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1930
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1931
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1932
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1933
    \fn void QRectF::setWidth(qreal width)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1934
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1935
    Sets the width of the rectangle to the given \a width. The right
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1936
    edge is changed, but not the left one.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1937
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1938
    \sa width(), setSize()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1939
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1940
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1941
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1942
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1943
    \fn void QRectF::setHeight(qreal height)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1944
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1945
    Sets the height of the rectangle to the given \a height. The bottom
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1946
    edge is changed, but not the top one.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1947
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1948
    \sa height(), setSize()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1949
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1950
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1951
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1952
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1953
    \fn void QRectF::setSize(const QSizeF &size)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1954
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1955
    Sets the size of the rectangle to the given \a size. The top-left
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1956
    corner is not moved.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1957
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1958
    \sa size(), setWidth(), setHeight()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1959
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1960
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1961
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1962
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1963
    \fn bool QRectF::contains(const QPointF &point) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1964
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1965
    Returns true if the given \a point is inside or on the edge of the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1966
    rectangle; otherwise returns false.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1967
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1968
    \sa intersects()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1969
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1970
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1971
bool QRectF::contains(const QPointF &p) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1972
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1973
    qreal l = xp;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1974
    qreal r = xp;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1975
    if (w < 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1976
        l += w;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1977
    else
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1978
        r += w;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1979
    if (l == r) // null rect
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1980
        return false;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1981
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1982
    if (p.x() < l || p.x() > r)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1983
        return false;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1984
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1985
    qreal t = yp;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1986
    qreal b = yp;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1987
    if (h < 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1988
        t += h;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1989
    else
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1990
        b += h;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1991
    if (t == b) // null rect
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1992
        return false;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1993
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1994
    if (p.y() < t || p.y() > b)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1995
        return false;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1996
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1997
    return true;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1998
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1999
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2000
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2001
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2002
    \fn bool QRectF::contains(qreal x, qreal y) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2003
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2004
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2005
    Returns true if the point (\a x, \a y) is inside or on the edge of
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2006
    the rectangle; otherwise returns false.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2007
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2008
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2009
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2010
    \fn bool QRectF::contains(const QRectF &rectangle) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2011
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2012
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2013
    Returns true if the given \a rectangle is inside this rectangle;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2014
    otherwise returns false.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2015
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2016
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2017
bool QRectF::contains(const QRectF &r) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2018
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2019
    qreal l1 = xp;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2020
    qreal r1 = xp;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2021
    if (w < 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2022
        l1 += w;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2023
    else
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2024
        r1 += w;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2025
    if (l1 == r1) // null rect
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2026
        return false;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2027
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2028
    qreal l2 = r.xp;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2029
    qreal r2 = r.xp;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2030
    if (r.w < 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2031
        l2 += r.w;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2032
    else
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2033
        r2 += r.w;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2034
    if (l2 == r2) // null rect
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2035
        return false;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2036
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2037
    if (l2 < l1 || r2 > r1)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2038
        return false;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2039
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2040
    qreal t1 = yp;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2041
    qreal b1 = yp;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2042
    if (h < 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2043
        t1 += h;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2044
    else
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2045
        b1 += h;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2046
    if (t1 == b1) // null rect
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2047
        return false;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2048
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2049
    qreal t2 = r.yp;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2050
    qreal b2 = r.yp;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2051
    if (r.h < 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2052
        t2 += r.h;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2053
    else
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2054
        b2 += r.h;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2055
    if (t2 == b2) // null rect
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2056
        return false;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2057
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2058
    if (t2 < t1 || b2 > b1)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2059
        return false;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2060
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2061
    return true;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2062
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2063
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2064
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2065
    \fn qreal QRectF::left() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2066
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2067
    Returns the x-coordinate of the rectangle's left edge. Equivalent
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2068
    to x().
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2069
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2070
    \sa setLeft(), topLeft(), bottomLeft()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2071
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2072
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2073
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2074
    \fn qreal QRectF::top() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2075
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2076
    Returns the y-coordinate of the rectangle's top edge. Equivalent
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2077
    to y().
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2078
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2079
    \sa setTop(), topLeft(), topRight()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2080
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2081
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2082
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2083
    \fn qreal QRectF::right() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2084
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2085
    Returns the x-coordinate of the rectangle's right edge.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2086
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2087
    \sa setRight(), topRight(), bottomRight()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2088
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2089
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2090
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2091
    \fn qreal QRectF::bottom() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2092
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2093
    Returns the y-coordinate of the rectangle's bottom edge.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2094
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2095
    \sa setBottom(), bottomLeft(), bottomRight()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2096
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2097
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2098
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2099
    \fn QPointF QRectF::topLeft() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2100
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2101
    Returns the position of the rectangle's top-left corner.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2102
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2103
    \sa setTopLeft(), top(), left()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2104
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2105
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2106
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2107
    \fn QPointF QRectF::bottomRight() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2108
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2109
    Returns the position of the rectangle's  bottom-right corner.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2110
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2111
    \sa setBottomRight(), bottom(), right()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2112
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2113
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2114
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2115
    \fn QPointF QRectF::topRight() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2116
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2117
    Returns the position of the rectangle's top-right corner.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2118
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2119
    \sa setTopRight(), top(), right()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2120
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2121
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2122
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2123
    \fn QPointF QRectF::bottomLeft() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2124
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2125
    Returns the position of the rectangle's  bottom-left corner.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2126
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2127
    \sa setBottomLeft(),  bottom(), left()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2128
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2129
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2130
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2131
    \fn QRectF& QRectF::operator|=(const QRectF &rectangle)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2132
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2133
    Unites this rectangle with the given \a rectangle.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2134
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2135
    \sa united(), operator|()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2136
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2137
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2138
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2139
    \fn QRectF& QRectF::operator&=(const QRectF &rectangle)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2140
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2141
    Intersects this rectangle with the given \a rectangle.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2142
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2143
    \sa intersected(), operator|=()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2144
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2145
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2146
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2147
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2148
    \fn QRectF QRectF::operator|(const QRectF &rectangle) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2149
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2150
    Returns the bounding rectangle of this rectangle and the given \a rectangle.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2151
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2152
    \sa united(), operator|=()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2153
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2154
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2155
QRectF QRectF::operator|(const QRectF &r) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2156
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2157
    if (isNull())
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2158
        return r;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2159
    if (r.isNull())
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2160
        return *this;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2161
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2162
    qreal left = xp;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2163
    qreal right = xp;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2164
    if (w < 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2165
        left += w;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2166
    else
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2167
        right += w;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2168
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2169
    if (r.w < 0) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2170
        left = qMin(left, r.xp + r.w);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2171
        right = qMax(right, r.xp);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2172
    } else {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2173
        left = qMin(left, r.xp);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2174
        right = qMax(right, r.xp + r.w);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2175
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2176
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2177
    qreal top = yp;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2178
    qreal bottom = yp;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2179
    if (h < 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2180
        top += h;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2181
    else
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2182
        bottom += h;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2183
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2184
    if (r.h < 0) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2185
        top = qMin(top, r.yp + r.h);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2186
        bottom = qMax(bottom, r.yp);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2187
    } else {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2188
        top = qMin(top, r.yp);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2189
        bottom = qMax(bottom, r.yp + r.h);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2190
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2191
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2192
    return QRectF(left, top, right - left, bottom - top);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2193
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2194
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2195
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2196
    \fn QRectF QRectF::unite(const QRectF &rectangle) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2197
    \obsolete
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2198
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2199
    Use united(\a rectangle) instead.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2200
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2201
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2202
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2203
    \fn QRectF QRectF::united(const QRectF &rectangle) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2204
    \since 4.2
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2205
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2206
    Returns the bounding rectangle of this rectangle and the given \a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2207
    rectangle.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2208
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2209
    \image qrect-unite.png
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2210
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2211
    \sa intersected()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2212
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2213
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2214
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2215
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2216
    \fn QRectF QRectF::operator &(const QRectF &rectangle) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2217
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2218
    Returns the intersection of this rectangle and the given \a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2219
    rectangle. Returns an empty rectangle if there is no intersection.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2220
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2221
    \sa operator&=(), intersected()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2222
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2223
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2224
QRectF QRectF::operator&(const QRectF &r) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2225
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2226
    qreal l1 = xp;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2227
    qreal r1 = xp;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2228
    if (w < 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2229
        l1 += w;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2230
    else
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2231
        r1 += w;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2232
    if (l1 == r1) // null rect
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2233
        return QRectF();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2234
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2235
    qreal l2 = r.xp;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2236
    qreal r2 = r.xp;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2237
    if (r.w < 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2238
        l2 += r.w;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2239
    else
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2240
        r2 += r.w;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2241
    if (l2 == r2) // null rect
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2242
        return QRectF();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2243
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2244
    if (l1 >= r2 || l2 >= r1)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2245
        return QRectF();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2246
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2247
    qreal t1 = yp;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2248
    qreal b1 = yp;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2249
    if (h < 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2250
        t1 += h;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2251
    else
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2252
        b1 += h;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2253
    if (t1 == b1) // null rect
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2254
        return QRectF();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2255
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2256
    qreal t2 = r.yp;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2257
    qreal b2 = r.yp;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2258
    if (r.h < 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2259
        t2 += r.h;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2260
    else
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2261
        b2 += r.h;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2262
    if (t2 == b2) // null rect
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2263
        return QRectF();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2264
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2265
    if (t1 >= b2 || t2 >= b1)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2266
        return QRectF();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2267
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2268
    QRectF tmp;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2269
    tmp.xp = qMax(l1, l2);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2270
    tmp.yp = qMax(t1, t2);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2271
    tmp.w = qMin(r1, r2) - tmp.xp;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2272
    tmp.h = qMin(b1, b2) - tmp.yp;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2273
    return tmp;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2274
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2275
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2276
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2277
    \fn QRectF QRectF::intersect(const QRectF &rectangle) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2278
    \obsolete
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2279
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2280
    Use intersected(\a rectangle) instead.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2281
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2282
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2283
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2284
    \fn QRectF QRectF::intersected(const QRectF &rectangle) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2285
    \since 4.2
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2286
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2287
    Returns the intersection of this rectangle and the given \a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2288
    rectangle. Note that \c {r.intersected(s)} is equivalent to \c
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2289
    {r & s}.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2290
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2291
    \image qrect-intersect.png
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2292
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2293
    \sa intersects(), united(), operator&=()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2294
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2295
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2296
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2297
    \fn bool QRectF::intersects(const QRectF &rectangle) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2298
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2299
    Returns true if this rectangle intersects with the given \a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2300
    rectangle (i.e. there is a non-empty area of overlap between
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2301
    them), otherwise returns false.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2302
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2303
    The intersection rectangle can be retrieved using the intersected()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2304
    function.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2305
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2306
    \sa contains()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2307
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2308
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2309
bool QRectF::intersects(const QRectF &r) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2310
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2311
    qreal l1 = xp;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2312
    qreal r1 = xp;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2313
    if (w < 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2314
        l1 += w;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2315
    else
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2316
        r1 += w;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2317
    if (l1 == r1) // null rect
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2318
        return false;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2319
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2320
    qreal l2 = r.xp;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2321
    qreal r2 = r.xp;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2322
    if (r.w < 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2323
        l2 += r.w;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2324
    else
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2325
        r2 += r.w;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2326
    if (l2 == r2) // null rect
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2327
        return false;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2328
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2329
    if (l1 >= r2 || l2 >= r1)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2330
        return false;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2331
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2332
    qreal t1 = yp;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2333
    qreal b1 = yp;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2334
    if (h < 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2335
        t1 += h;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2336
    else
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2337
        b1 += h;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2338
    if (t1 == b1) // null rect
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2339
        return false;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2340
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2341
    qreal t2 = r.yp;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2342
    qreal b2 = r.yp;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2343
    if (r.h < 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2344
        t2 += r.h;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2345
    else
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2346
        b2 += r.h;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2347
    if (t2 == b2) // null rect
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2348
        return false;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2349
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2350
    if (t1 >= b2 || t2 >= b1)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2351
        return false;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2352
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2353
    return true;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2354
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2355
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2356
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2357
    \fn QRect QRectF::toRect() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2358
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2359
    Returns a QRect based on the values of this rectangle.  Note that the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2360
    coordinates in the returned rectangle are rounded to the nearest integer.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2361
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2362
    \sa QRectF(), toAlignedRect()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2363
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2364
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2365
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2366
    \fn QRect QRectF::toAlignedRect() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2367
    \since 4.3
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2368
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2369
    Returns a QRect based on the values of this rectangle that is the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2370
    smallest possible integer rectangle that completely contains this
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2371
    rectangle.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2372
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2373
    \sa toRect()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2374
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2375
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2376
QRect QRectF::toAlignedRect() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2377
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2378
    int xmin = int(qFloor(xp));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2379
    int xmax = int(qCeil(xp + w));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2380
    int ymin = int(qFloor(yp));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2381
    int ymax = int(qCeil(yp + h));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2382
    return QRect(xmin, ymin, xmax - xmin, ymax - ymin);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2383
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2384
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2385
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2386
    \fn void QRectF::moveCenter(const QPointF &position)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2387
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2388
    Moves the rectangle, leaving the center point at the given \a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2389
    position. The rectangle's size is unchanged.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2390
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2391
    \sa center()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2392
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2393
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2394
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2395
    \fn bool operator==(const QRectF &r1, const QRectF &r2)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2396
    \relates QRectF
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2397
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2398
    Returns true if the rectangles \a r1 and \a r2 are equal,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2399
    otherwise returns false.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2400
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2401
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2402
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2403
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2404
    \fn bool operator!=(const QRectF &r1, const QRectF &r2)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2405
    \relates QRectF
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2406
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2407
    Returns true if the rectangles \a r1 and \a r2 are different, otherwise
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2408
    returns false.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2409
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2410
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2411
/*****************************************************************************
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2412
  QRectF stream functions
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2413
 *****************************************************************************/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2414
#ifndef QT_NO_DATASTREAM
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2415
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2416
    \fn QDataStream &operator<<(QDataStream &stream, const QRectF &rectangle)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2417
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2418
    \relates QRectF
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2419
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2420
    Writes the \a rectangle to the \a stream, and returns a reference to the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2421
    stream.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2422
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2423
    \sa \link datastreamformat.html Format of the QDataStream operators \endlink
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2424
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2425
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2426
QDataStream &operator<<(QDataStream &s, const QRectF &r)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2427
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2428
    s << double(r.x()) << double(r.y()) << double(r.width()) << double(r.height());
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2429
    return s;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2430
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2431
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2432
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2433
    \fn QDataStream &operator>>(QDataStream &stream, QRectF &rectangle)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2434
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2435
    \relates QRectF
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2436
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2437
    Reads a \a rectangle from the \a stream, and returns a reference to the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2438
    stream.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2439
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2440
    \sa \link datastreamformat.html Format of the QDataStream operators \endlink
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2441
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2442
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2443
QDataStream &operator>>(QDataStream &s, QRectF &r)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2444
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2445
    double x, y, w, h;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2446
    s >> x;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2447
    s >> y;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2448
    s >> w;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2449
    s >> h;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2450
    r.setRect(qreal(x), qreal(y), qreal(w), qreal(h));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2451
    return s;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2452
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2453
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2454
#endif // QT_NO_DATASTREAM
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2455
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2456
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2457
#ifndef QT_NO_DEBUG_STREAM
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2458
QDebug operator<<(QDebug dbg, const QRectF &r) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2459
    dbg.nospace() << "QRectF(" << r.x() << ',' << r.y() << ' '
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2460
                  << r.width() << 'x' << r.height() << ')';
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2461
    return dbg.space();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2462
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2463
#endif
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2464
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2465
QT_END_NAMESPACE